Replace "non-figurative way" with "plainly."

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-12-05 09:59:55 -05:00
parent 49d042122e
commit f68d344ff4
13 changed files with 210 additions and 210 deletions

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַ
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛⁠א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְ⁠גֻבְרַיָּ֥⁠א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “And from my royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River Here, **it** means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River Here, **it** means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “because I do not want anything to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ 1 at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could break it up into four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything that they need every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 9 kf3e figs-idiom וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין 1 at the expense of the kings taxes beyond the River This expression refers to young bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai **Ha
EZR 6 14 tetn translate-names וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 14 s1jd figs-hendiadys וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, “completed” is another way of saying “built.” (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 6 14 d77p figs-explicit וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here the book speaks of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here the book speaks of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe these messages plainly. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 14 j4jr figs-explicit וּ⁠מִ⁠טְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus ([1:24](../01/02.md)) and King Darius ([6:612](../06/06.md)) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:723](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:1226](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia also later decreed that they should finish the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 14 e83b figs-distinguish כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 6 14 fwlf translate-names כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ EZR 7 27 qub7 figs-123person בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 Connecting Stat
EZR 7 27 nuli בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 Connecting Statement: If it is not natural or not possible in your language to speak of a human blessing God, then you can express the idea here in a different way. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh” or “I thank Yahweh”
EZR 7 27 nlii figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Connecting Statement: **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 27 t4cz figs-metaphor נָתַ֤ן כָּ⁠זֹאת֙ בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem Giving something in the kings heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way that Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a glorious place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way that Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a glorious place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything that they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel in order to keep the promises that he had made to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 28 s38x figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The expression means that, as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ EZR 9 8 q4h6 figs-idiom כִּ⁠מְעַט־רֶגַע֩ 1 grace has been shown
EZR 9 8 jqq9 figs-abstractnouns הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God The abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another person even if that person does not deserve it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” or “Yahweh our God has been gracious to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 8 ym5g figs-personification הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks here of **favor** or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 9 8 rdwg figs-123person הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly, he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:1015](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 8 vhtl figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the Jews current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 8 vhtl figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the Jews current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 8 b420 figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here the word **holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” The temple was Gods **holy place** because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 8 jjw0 figs-123person בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 8 q90t בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the **peg** as if it were in Gods temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ MRK 13 24 vmna figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 S
MRK 13 24 n2rr grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ 1 The word **after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [13:2427](../013/24.md) will come after the events just described in [13:1423](../013/14.md). The word **after** does not express how long it will be before the events of [13:2427](../013/24.md) take place so you should choose a word or phrase in your language that communicates the sequential meaning of the word **after** but does not limit the time frame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MRK 13 24 mfy8 figs-abstractnouns θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “suffer” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MRK 13 25 hge7 figs-parallelism αἱ δυνάμεις 1 the powers that are in the heavens Here, **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings”
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will cause the powers that are in the heavens to be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 13 26 kl95 writing-pronouns τότε ὄψονται 1 then they will see The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ JHN 5 35 i0l5 figs-metonymy πρὸς ὥραν 1 Here, **hour** refers to a sh
JHN 5 36 ll75 γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 5 37 qjg1 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ 1 Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 38 rc2n figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε
JHN 5 38 uj90 figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent, me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 5 39 xi22 figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life Some Jews in Jesus time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 39 bmc3 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ 1 In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 5 39 fzbf figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 5 39 fzbf figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 5 40 dzm2 figs-explicit οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 40 xuxj figs-explicit ζωὴν ἔχητε 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 41 c1rx figs-gendernotations παρὰ ἀνθρώπων 1 receive Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 7 38 u9cx figs-infostructure ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 7 38 wtl7 figs-quotesinquotes καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “rivers of living water will flow from the stomach of the one believing in me, just as the scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 7 38 q926 figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 38 q926 figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow Here Jesus uses **rivers** to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-extrainfo ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 7 38 y1zb figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ JHN 7 40 ifli figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 John uses the ter
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet See how you translated **the Prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται? 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said **Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said **Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 43 h7d3 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 7 43 lf5r grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 7 44 yv80 writing-pronouns τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd with whom Jesus had just spoken, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρό
JHN 7 50 yw8i εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
JHN 7 50 hj1u figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know what he does, is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know what he does, is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 51 c2h5 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ? 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ JHN 8 30 ld9x grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλ
JHN 8 31 tgat figs-synecdoche τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 In [verses 3159](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 8 31 f79h figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 In [verses 3159](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 8 32 xf9m figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, You will be set free? The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 33 s6jz figs-quotesinquotes πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us
JHN 10 25 cb95 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated **works** in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of Gods authority. Alternate translation: “through my Fathers authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as Gods representative. Alternate translation: “as my Fathers representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 25 bqz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me Jesus speaks of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me Jesus speaks of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep Jesus uses **sheep** to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ 1 My sheep hear my voice See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 27 xakd figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ JHN 10 34 h189 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You
JHN 10 35 nfly 0 Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
JHN 10 35 ieot grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς 1 the word of God came **If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 10 35 gtb4 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus used the term **word** to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Gods message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of **the word of God** as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of **the word of God** as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 10 35 g0kv figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 10 35 u9j2 figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι? 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, You are blaspheming, because I said, I am the Son of God? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, You are blaspheming, because I said, I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1490,13 +1490,13 @@ JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέ
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 if he walks at night In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do Gods work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to Gods will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to Gods will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 11 11 fan2 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-euphemism Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 11 12 hn2j figs-euphemism εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 11 13 h3kl writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 13 tt6v writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 11 13 leg3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 13 pf8u figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1 John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ JHN 12 34 t386 figs-explicit τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς το
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus uses **light** to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals Gods truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a persons surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals Gods truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 35 k6td figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Jesus uses **Walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Jesus uses **darkness** as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Jesus uses **darkness** as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 12 35 veok figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Jesus uses this phrase to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κ
JHN 12 47 u4o4 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον -1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 12 48 wtwv τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 on the last day See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
JHN 12 48 uxjk τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ 1 on the last day See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
JHN 12 48 c76d figs-personification τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν 1 on the last day Jesus refers to his **word** as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 12 48 c76d figs-personification τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν 1 on the last day Jesus refers to his **word** as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 12 48 b1ds figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 49 ovmm figs-explicit ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -1805,8 +1805,8 @@ JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-declarative καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν,
JHN 13 16 h6gt figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 13 16 tpl8 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 16 rj4z figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 13 16 k3zj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 greater Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 16 la0x figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 16 k3zj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 greater Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 16 la0x figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 17 nwhg grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 13 17 nxou figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 13 18 ji7u figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ JHN 13 31 n421 figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτ
JHN 13 32 i7yz translate-textvariants 0 In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JHN 13 32 bfxt writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 13 33 zki6 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 33 zki6 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 13 33 zrqu figs-infostructure καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 13 33 sjwl figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ JHN 14 20 ckki figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 you will
JHN 14 20 b87j figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you will know that I am in my Father In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 20 ht8z figs-doublet ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 14 21 rw8n figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου 1 Jesus speaks of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 21 rw8n figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου 1 Jesus speaks of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 21 x8m8 figs-explicit τηρῶν αὐτὰς 1 Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ JHN 18 38 ygns figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια? 1 What is truth? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 38 lcrg figs-abstractnouns ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 38 h1b8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ 1 **Pilate** speaks of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 18 38 h1b8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ 1 **Pilate** speaks of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 18 39 nhqn figs-explicit ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν 1 Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 39 fm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 40 xdxz writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ PHP 2 18 dr9c figs-yousingular καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συ
PHP 2 19 gml9 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now I hope in the Lord Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one like-minded Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
PHP 2 21 b922 figs-explicit οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 For they all Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 as a child with his father, he served with me The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothys biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 as a child with his father, he served with me The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothys biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PHP 2 22 clvw figs-abstractnouns τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lords will, that I will also come soon”
@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ PHP 4 7 u1sz figs-extrainfo ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of G
PHP 4 7 gejd figs-abstractnouns Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 the peace of God If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you dont understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
PHP 4 7 sauc figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-metaphor φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents Gods peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-metaphor φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents Gods peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 4 7 tsz6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 As to the rest Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
PHP 4 8 fxn5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
217 PHP 2 19 gml9 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now I hope in the Lord Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
218 PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one like-minded Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
219 PHP 2 21 b922 figs-explicit οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 For they all Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 as a child with his father, he served with me The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
221 PHP 2 22 clvw figs-abstractnouns τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
222 PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
223 PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
389 PHP 4 7 gejd figs-abstractnouns Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 the peace of God If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you don’t understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
390 PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
391 PHP 4 7 sauc figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
392 PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-metaphor φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393 PHP 4 7 tsz6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
394 PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 As to the rest Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
395 PHP 4 8 fxn5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

View File

@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 because of the hope that is r
COL 1 5 bmpc figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκειμένην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 1 5 xn8s figs-possession τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth, the gospel Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 5 ir6k figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 the word of truth, the gospel Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
COL 1 6 p5rv figs-personification τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
COL 1 6 p5rv figs-personification τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the world Here, **in all the world** is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that Paul and the Colossians knew about. If **all the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **world** refers to the known world at that time. Alternate translation: “in every place that we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 is bearing fruit and is growing Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 is bearing fruit and is growing Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 6 ev91 figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Paul leaves out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your language needs these words, you could supply them from the context. Alternate translation: “just as this good news has reached you so that you do what is pleasing to God” or “just as it has done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
COL 1 6 ait7 figs-abstractnouns ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth Here, **in truth** could describe (1) the way in which the Colossians learned about the grace of God. Alternate translation: “accurately grasped how God acts kindly” (2) the way God is gracious to the Colossians. Alternate translation: “learned about the true grace of God” or “understood how God truly acts kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras **Epaphras** is the name of a man. He is the one who preached the good news to the people in Colossae. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ COL 1 9 f2xd figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἠκούσαμεν, οὐ παυόμ
COL 1 9 u7zh ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν 1 from the day we heard this Alternate translation: “from the day Epaphras told us these things”
COL 1 9 crnv figs-hyperbole οὐ παυόμεθα 1 Here, **have not stopped** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Paul and Timothy pray often for the Colossians. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “have been frequently” or “have made a habit of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
COL 1 9 qxnu figs-litotes οὐ παυόμεθα 1 Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
COL 1 9 w2a7 figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know Gods **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 9 w2a7 figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know Gods **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 9 kmea figs-activepassive πληρωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 1 9 hson figs-abstractnouns πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you can express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 9 s903 figs-infostructure πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 1 Here, **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** identifies how the Colossians are **filled**. The phrase does not describe Gods **will**. If what **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** describes would be misunderstood in your language, you could move the phrase so that it appears immediately after **filled**. Alternate translation: “you might be filled in all wisdom and spiritual understanding with the knowledge of his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ COL 1 9 k8x2 σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 Here,
COL 1 9 w78g figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
COL 1 10 m4hf figs-metaphor περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to walk worthily of the Lord Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 10 vv4g figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν 1 in every pleasing way If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing {way}** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 10 vfp3 figs-metaphor ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες 1 bearing fruit Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 10 vfp3 figs-metaphor ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες 1 bearing fruit Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or plainly. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 10 b9l1 figs-abstractnouns αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 11 gxv6 figs-activepassive δυναμούμενοι 1 being strengthened If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 1 11 da4r figs-possession τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by Gods **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ COL 1 12 lt2q ἱκανώσαντι ὑμᾶς 1 who has made you able Alternat
COL 1 12 ss5g grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God made the Colossians **able**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that you can share the inheritance of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
COL 1 12 r2zw figs-possession τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου 1 the inheritance Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 12 hno0 figs-possession τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 12 hkf5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 in the light Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in Gods glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the authority of the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 12 hkf5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 in the light Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in Gods glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the authority of the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 z8b5 figs-possession τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 13 i0sn figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 13 kgvf figs-metaphor μετέστησεν 1 Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 l2ex figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks of the people who belong to Gods Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys Gods Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 kgvf figs-metaphor μετέστησεν 1 Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 l2ex figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks of the people who belong to Gods Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys Gods Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 13 o1pl figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 of his beloved Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Fathers beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
COL 1 14 qe6x translate-textvariants τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 in whom Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ
COL 1 16 c3lm δι’ αὐτοῦ…ἔκτισται 1 The phrase **through him** shows God the Sons involvement in creating the world with the Father. Alternate translation: “God the Father created by working through the Son”
COL 1 16 nmr1 grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **for him** refers to the Son as the purpose or goal of all creation. If the meaning of **for him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that creations purpose is to honor and glorify the Son. Alternate translation: “and everything exists to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
COL 1 17 wk9y grammar-connect-time-sequential αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων 1 he is before all things The word **before** refers to time, not location. It means that the Son did not come into being when God created everything, but rather he existed as God before anything was created. If the meaning of **before** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to prior time. Alternate translation: “before God created anything, the Son existed as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
COL 1 17 m4lp figs-metaphor τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 1 in him all things hold together Paul is speaking here as if all created things **hold together** because they are inside the Son. By speaking in this way, Paul means that everything that God created continues to exist because the Son actively works to preserve everything. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he controls everything so that it works the way it should” or “he is the one who makes sure everything has its proper place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 17 m4lp figs-metaphor τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 1 in him all things hold together Paul is speaking here as if all created things **hold together** because they are inside the Son. By speaking in this way, Paul means that everything that God created continues to exist because the Son actively works to preserve everything. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he controls everything so that it works the way it should” or “he is the one who makes sure everything has its proper place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 18 q8i3 figs-metaphor αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 he is the head of the body, the church Paul speaks of Jesus position over the **church** as if he were the **head** on the human **body**. As the head rules and directs the body, so Jesus rules and directs the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or express the idea with a simile or in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “he rules and directs the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ἀρχή 1 the beginning The word **beginning** could refer to (1) the origin of something; here, the origin of the church. Alternate translation: “the origin of the church” or “the one who started the church” (2) a position of power or authority. Alternate translation: “the ruler” or “the one with authority”
COL 1 18 s12x figs-metaphor πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from among the dead Paul describes Jesus resurrection **from among the dead** as if someone gave birth to him as her first child. This figure helps us to see that this new life was not like his old life, because he can never die again. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the first one to come back to new life” or “the first person to permanently rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 18 s12x figs-metaphor πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from among the dead Paul describes Jesus resurrection **from among the dead** as if someone gave birth to him as her first child. This figure helps us to see that this new life was not like his old life, because he can never die again. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to come back to new life” or “the first person to permanently rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 18 ybqn figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
COL 1 18 uqrv grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων 1 This clause could identify: (1) the result of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is first among all things” (2) the purpose of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in order that he might be first among all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
COL 1 18 jjgh figs-metaphor γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων 1 Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 18 jjgh figs-metaphor γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων 1 Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 19 npzz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **For** provides a reason for previous statements. If **For** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Sons headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
COL 1 19 nyos figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι 1 The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 1 19 zu89 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι 1 Here, Paul speaks of the Son as though he were a house in which Gods **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -97,14 +97,14 @@ COL 1 20 c3qd figs-abstractnouns εἰρηνοποιήσας 1 through the blood
COL 1 20 as3p figs-possession τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
COL 1 20 mbra figs-infostructure τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
COL 1 20 quxc figs-merism εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and the **things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
COL 1 20 quxc figs-merism εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and the **things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
COL 1 21 kv5u grammar-connect-time-sequential ποτε 1 Connecting Statement: The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
COL 1 21 wp3t figs-activepassive ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους 1 alienated If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 1 21 rn6l figs-explicit ἀπηλλοτριωμένους, καὶ ἐχθροὺς 1 Paul assumes that the Colossians will know from whom they were **alienated** and with whom they were **enemies**: God. If your language would include this implied information, you could include a reference to “God” in this sentence. Alternate translation: “alienated from God and were his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 1 21 wa9m figs-abstractnouns τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you can express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 22 vvl1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** here introduces a strong contrast from the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast from what was just said. Alternate translation: “Instead of that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
COL 1 22 f8yw grammar-connect-time-sequential νυνὶ 1 The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
COL 1 22 x2pl figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
COL 1 22 x2pl figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
COL 1 22 iftn figs-possession τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul describes Jesus **body** that is characterized by **flesh**. This refers to Jesus body during his earthly life, not his glorified body after the resurrection. If **the body of his flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that makes this idea clear. Alternate translation: “his physical body” or “his body before the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 22 d2x4 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 Here, Paul has not stated whose **death** this is. This **death** is not that of the Colossians but that of Jesus on the cross. If your language would state who died, you could add a possessive word to clarify. Alternate translation: “through his death” or “through Jesus death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 1 22 t8ls grammar-connect-logic-result παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **to present you** gives the purpose for which God reconciled the Colossians by the death of his Son. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a purpose phrase such as “so that” or “in order to.” Alternate translation: “so that he might present you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ COL 1 22 rvtf figs-doublet ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀν
COL 1 23 s069 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε 1 Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you can rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
COL 1 23 h5u9 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe Gods message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 23 zja3 figs-doublet τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι 1 The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
COL 1 23 x600 figs-metaphor τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ 1 Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 23 x600 figs-metaphor τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ 1 Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 1 23 kgp1 figs-possession τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 23 prwf figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 which was proclaimed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ COL 1 29 n1h2 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτο
COL 1 29 f397 figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you can express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>2. Teaching Section (1:132:23)<br> * Pauls Ministry (1:242:5)<br> * Effects of Christs Work (2:615)<br> * Freedom in Christ (2:1623)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Philosophy<br><br>Paul speaks of “philosophy” in [2:8](../02/08.md). He is not referring to all attempts by humans to understand the world around them. Instead, he makes it clear that he is referring to thinking that is “empty” and full of “deceit,” that comes from traditions of humans and the “elemental principles.” All this “philosophy” is bad because it is not “according to Christ.” The “philosophy” that Paul attacks, then, is any attempt to make sense of the world that does not do so in line with Christ and his work.<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Just as in the last chapter, “fullness” is an important idea that Paul refers to [2:910](../02/09.md). Again, Christ has the divine “fullness,” and he “fills” the Colossians. No other source of “fullness” is needed.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>As in the last chapter, Christ is called the “head,” both of powerful rulers ([2:10](../02/10.md)) and of his church [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul uses this language to identify Christ as (1) the supreme ruler, just as the head rules over the body, and (2) the source of life for the church, just as a body is dead without its head. Paul also identifies the church as the body of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Here, his point is that the church cannot survive and grow without being connected to Christ, just as a body does not live or grow without a head. Finally, Paul refers to a “body” in [2:17](../02/17.md), but here the metaphor is different. The word “body” refers to any object that can cast a shadow (not primarily to an organic, human body) and here the “body” (the object) is Christ, who casts a shadow, which is identified as old covenant regulations.<br><br>### Circumcision and baptism<br><br>In [2:1113](../02/11.md), Paul uses the old covenant sign of circumcision to refer to removing the “the body of flesh,” and he uses the new covenant sign of baptism to refer to “being buried” with Christ. He uses these two signs to show how Christians are united with Christ, freed from sin, and given new life.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>In Colossians, Paul uses “flesh” to refer to human, embodied existence in the world before the resurrection and before God creates the new heavens and earth. He uses “flesh” neutrally to refer to physical presence in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:5](../02/05.md). In many other places, however, he uses “flesh” to refer to the weakness and sinfulness of humans as they live in ways that fit with this broken world ([2:11](../02/11.md), [13](../02/13.md), [18](../02/18.md), [23](../02/23.md)). Often, “flesh” in these situations is translated with something like “sinful nature.” However, it is perhaps better to emphasize both weakness and sinfulness, and the term “nature” can be confusing. For examples of some ways to translate “flesh,” see the UST and notes in this chapter.<br><br>### The false teaching<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives some information about what the false teachers are saying and doing. However, it is not enough to give us a full picture of who they were and what they taught. What is clear is that they spoke about extraordinary experiences, were interested in spiritual beings, and gave commands about behavior that at least sometimes were related to Old Testament law. If possible, keep your translation as vague as Pauls own description of the false teachers.
COL 2 1 tt6v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **For** introduces the reason why Paul told them in [1:29](../01/29.md) about how hard he works. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the transition more explicit. Alternate translation: “I tell you about my hard work because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
COL 2 1 dqg5 figs-metaphor ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 how great a struggle I have for you Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 2 1 dqg5 figs-metaphor ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 how great a struggle I have for you Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 2 1 xoih figs-abstractnouns ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 2 1 fn4z figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 those at Laodicea This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Pauls **face in the flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **the ones at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Pauls face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 2 1 rj7d figs-idiom οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh In Pauls culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ COL 2 2 v13e figs-possession ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου 1 Ch
COL 2 2 v9az figs-possession τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about **the mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 2 3 o2ob figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly to whom the word **whom** refers. The word **whom** could refer to: (1) the mystery. Alternate translation: “in this mystery” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “in the Messiah.” Since [2:2](../02/02.md) identifies the mystery with Christ, both options express what Paul is saying, so pick the option that most clearly communicates the idea in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden If your language does not use this form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 2 3 vhsr figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι 1 Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 2 3 vhsr figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι 1 Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 2 3 w4mr figs-possession οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 2 3 vd98 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 2 3 iiob figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge The words **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **wisdom** as an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wisdom” or “of knowledge” or “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
18 COL 1 5 bmpc figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκειμένην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19 COL 1 5 xn8s figs-possession τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth, the gospel Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
20 COL 1 5 ir6k figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 the word of truth, the gospel Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21 COL 1 6 p5rv figs-personification τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
22 COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the world Here, **in all the world** is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that Paul and the Colossians knew about. If **all the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **world** refers to the known world at that time. Alternate translation: “in every place that we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
23 COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 is bearing fruit and is growing Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24 COL 1 6 ev91 figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Paul leaves out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your language needs these words, you could supply them from the context. Alternate translation: “just as this good news has reached you so that you do what is pleasing to God” or “just as it has done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25 COL 1 6 ait7 figs-abstractnouns ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth Here, **in truth** could describe (1) the way in which the Colossians learned about the grace of God. Alternate translation: “accurately grasped how God acts kindly” (2) the way God is gracious to the Colossians. Alternate translation: “learned about the true grace of God” or “understood how God truly acts kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26 COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras **Epaphras** is the name of a man. He is the one who preached the good news to the people in Colossae. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
32 COL 1 9 u7zh ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν 1 from the day we heard this Alternate translation: “from the day Epaphras told us these things”
33 COL 1 9 crnv figs-hyperbole οὐ παυόμεθα 1 Here, **have not stopped** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Paul and Timothy pray often for the Colossians. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “have been frequently” or “have made a habit of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
34 COL 1 9 qxnu figs-litotes οὐ παυόμεθα 1 Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
35 COL 1 9 w2a7 figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36 COL 1 9 kmea figs-activepassive πληρωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37 COL 1 9 hson figs-abstractnouns πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you can express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
38 COL 1 9 s903 figs-infostructure πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 1 Here, **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** identifies how the Colossians are **filled**. The phrase does not describe God’s **will**. If what **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** describes would be misunderstood in your language, you could move the phrase so that it appears immediately after **filled**. Alternate translation: “you might be filled in all wisdom and spiritual understanding with the knowledge of his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41 COL 1 9 w78g figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
42 COL 1 10 m4hf figs-metaphor περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to walk worthily of the Lord Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
43 COL 1 10 vv4g figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν 1 in every pleasing way If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing {way}** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
44 COL 1 10 vfp3 figs-metaphor ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες 1 bearing fruit Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or plainly. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45 COL 1 10 b9l1 figs-abstractnouns αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
46 COL 1 11 gxv6 figs-activepassive δυναμούμενοι 1 being strengthened If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
47 COL 1 11 da4r figs-possession τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
55 COL 1 12 ss5g grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God made the Colossians **able**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that you can share the inheritance of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
56 COL 1 12 r2zw figs-possession τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου 1 the inheritance Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
57 COL 1 12 hno0 figs-possession τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
58 COL 1 12 hkf5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 in the light Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in God’s glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in God’s glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
59 COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the authority of the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
60 COL 1 13 z8b5 figs-possession τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
61 COL 1 13 i0sn figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
62 COL 1 13 kgvf figs-metaphor μετέστησεν 1 Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63 COL 1 13 l2ex figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64 COL 1 13 o1pl figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
65 COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 of his beloved Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
66 COL 1 14 qe6x translate-textvariants τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 in whom Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
80 COL 1 16 c3lm δι’ αὐτοῦ…ἔκτισται 1 The phrase **through him** shows God the Son’s involvement in creating the world with the Father. Alternate translation: “God the Father created by working through the Son”
81 COL 1 16 nmr1 grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **for him** refers to the Son as the purpose or goal of all creation. If the meaning of **for him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that creation’s purpose is to honor and glorify the Son. Alternate translation: “and everything exists to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
82 COL 1 17 wk9y grammar-connect-time-sequential αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων 1 he is before all things The word **before** refers to time, not location. It means that the Son did not come into being when God created everything, but rather he existed as God before anything was created. If the meaning of **before** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to prior time. Alternate translation: “before God created anything, the Son existed as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
83 COL 1 17 m4lp figs-metaphor τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 1 in him all things hold together Paul is speaking here as if all created things **hold together** because they are inside the Son. By speaking in this way, Paul means that everything that God created continues to exist because the Son actively works to preserve everything. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he controls everything so that it works the way it should” or “he is the one who makes sure everything has its proper place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul is speaking here as if all created things **hold together** because they are inside the Son. By speaking in this way, Paul means that everything that God created continues to exist because the Son actively works to preserve everything. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he controls everything so that it works the way it should” or “he is the one who makes sure everything has its proper place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 COL 1 18 q8i3 figs-metaphor αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 he is the head of the body, the church Paul speaks of Jesus’ position over the **church** as if he were the **head** on the human **body**. As the head rules and directs the body, so Jesus rules and directs the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or express the idea with a simile or in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “he rules and directs the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85 COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ἀρχή 1 the beginning The word **beginning** could refer to (1) the origin of something; here, the origin of the church. Alternate translation: “the origin of the church” or “the one who started the church” (2) a position of power or authority. Alternate translation: “the ruler” or “the one with authority”
86 COL 1 18 s12x figs-metaphor πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from among the dead Paul describes Jesus’ resurrection **from among the dead** as if someone gave birth to him as her first child. This figure helps us to see that this new life was not like his old life, because he can never die again. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the first one to come back to new life” or “the first person to permanently rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul describes Jesus’ resurrection **from among the dead** as if someone gave birth to him as her first child. This figure helps us to see that this new life was not like his old life, because he can never die again. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to come back to new life” or “the first person to permanently rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87 COL 1 18 ybqn figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
88 COL 1 18 uqrv grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων 1 This clause could identify: (1) the result of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is first among all things” (2) the purpose of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in order that he might be first among all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
89 COL 1 18 jjgh figs-metaphor γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων 1 Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90 COL 1 19 npzz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **For** provides a reason for previous statements. If **For** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
91 COL 1 19 nyos figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι 1 The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92 COL 1 19 zu89 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι 1 Here, Paul speaks of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 COL 1 20 as3p figs-possession τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
98 COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
99 COL 1 20 mbra figs-infostructure τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
100 COL 1 20 quxc figs-merism εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and the **things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and the **things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
101 COL 1 21 kv5u grammar-connect-time-sequential ποτε 1 Connecting Statement: The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
102 COL 1 21 wp3t figs-activepassive ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους 1 alienated If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
103 COL 1 21 rn6l figs-explicit ἀπηλλοτριωμένους, καὶ ἐχθροὺς 1 Paul assumes that the Colossians will know from whom they were **alienated** and with whom they were **enemies**: God. If your language would include this implied information, you could include a reference to “God” in this sentence. Alternate translation: “alienated from God and were his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104 COL 1 21 wa9m figs-abstractnouns τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you can express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
105 COL 1 22 vvl1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** here introduces a strong contrast from the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast from what was just said. Alternate translation: “Instead of that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
106 COL 1 22 f8yw grammar-connect-time-sequential νυνὶ 1 The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
107 COL 1 22 x2pl figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
108 COL 1 22 iftn figs-possession τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul describes Jesus’ **body** that is characterized by **flesh**. This refers to Jesus’ body during his earthly life, not his glorified body after the resurrection. If **the body of his flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that makes this idea clear. Alternate translation: “his physical body” or “his body before the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
109 COL 1 22 d2x4 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 Here, Paul has not stated whose **death** this is. This **death** is not that of the Colossians but that of Jesus on the cross. If your language would state who died, you could add a possessive word to clarify. Alternate translation: “through his death” or “through Jesus’ death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
110 COL 1 22 t8ls grammar-connect-logic-result παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **to present you** gives the purpose for which God reconciled the Colossians by the death of his Son. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a purpose phrase such as “so that” or “in order to.” Alternate translation: “so that he might present you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
114 COL 1 23 s069 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε 1 Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you can rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
115 COL 1 23 h5u9 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
116 COL 1 23 zja3 figs-doublet τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι 1 The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
117 COL 1 23 x600 figs-metaphor τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ 1 Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118 COL 1 23 kgp1 figs-possession τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
119 COL 1 23 prwf figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
120 COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 which was proclaimed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
159 COL 1 29 f397 figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you can express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
160 COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>2. Teaching Section (1:13–2:23)<br> * Paul’s Ministry (1:24–2:5)<br> * Effects of Christ’s Work (2:6–15)<br> * Freedom in Christ (2:16–23)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Philosophy<br><br>Paul speaks of “philosophy” in [2:8](../02/08.md). He is not referring to all attempts by humans to understand the world around them. Instead, he makes it clear that he is referring to thinking that is “empty” and full of “deceit,” that comes from traditions of humans and the “elemental principles.” All this “philosophy” is bad because it is not “according to Christ.” The “philosophy” that Paul attacks, then, is any attempt to make sense of the world that does not do so in line with Christ and his work.<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Just as in the last chapter, “fullness” is an important idea that Paul refers to [2:9–10](../02/09.md). Again, Christ has the divine “fullness,” and he “fills” the Colossians. No other source of “fullness” is needed.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>As in the last chapter, Christ is called the “head,” both of powerful rulers ([2:10](../02/10.md)) and of his church [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul uses this language to identify Christ as (1) the supreme ruler, just as the head rules over the body, and (2) the source of life for the church, just as a body is dead without its head. Paul also identifies the church as the body of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Here, his point is that the church cannot survive and grow without being connected to Christ, just as a body does not live or grow without a head. Finally, Paul refers to a “body” in [2:17](../02/17.md), but here the metaphor is different. The word “body” refers to any object that can cast a shadow (not primarily to an organic, human body) and here the “body” (the object) is Christ, who casts a shadow, which is identified as old covenant regulations.<br><br>### Circumcision and baptism<br><br>In [2:11–13](../02/11.md), Paul uses the old covenant sign of circumcision to refer to removing the “the body of flesh,” and he uses the new covenant sign of baptism to refer to “being buried” with Christ. He uses these two signs to show how Christians are united with Christ, freed from sin, and given new life.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>In Colossians, Paul uses “flesh” to refer to human, embodied existence in the world before the resurrection and before God creates the new heavens and earth. He uses “flesh” neutrally to refer to physical presence in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:5](../02/05.md). In many other places, however, he uses “flesh” to refer to the weakness and sinfulness of humans as they live in ways that fit with this broken world ([2:11](../02/11.md), [13](../02/13.md), [18](../02/18.md), [23](../02/23.md)). Often, “flesh” in these situations is translated with something like “sinful nature.” However, it is perhaps better to emphasize both weakness and sinfulness, and the term “nature” can be confusing. For examples of some ways to translate “flesh,” see the UST and notes in this chapter.<br><br>### The false teaching<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives some information about what the false teachers are saying and doing. However, it is not enough to give us a full picture of who they were and what they taught. What is clear is that they spoke about extraordinary experiences, were interested in spiritual beings, and gave commands about behavior that at least sometimes were related to Old Testament law. If possible, keep your translation as vague as Paul’s own description of the false teachers.
161 COL 2 1 tt6v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **For** introduces the reason why Paul told them in [1:29](../01/29.md) about how hard he works. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the transition more explicit. Alternate translation: “I tell you about my hard work because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
162 COL 2 1 dqg5 figs-metaphor ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 how great a struggle I have for you Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
163 COL 2 1 xoih figs-abstractnouns ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
164 COL 2 1 fn4z figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 those at Laodicea This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Paul’s **face in the flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **the ones at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Paul’s face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
165 COL 2 1 rj7d figs-idiom οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
174 COL 2 2 v9az figs-possession τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about **the mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
175 COL 2 3 o2ob figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly to whom the word **whom** refers. The word **whom** could refer to: (1) the mystery. Alternate translation: “in this mystery” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “in the Messiah.” Since [2:2](../02/02.md) identifies the mystery with Christ, both options express what Paul is saying, so pick the option that most clearly communicates the idea in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
176 COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden If your language does not use this form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177 COL 2 3 vhsr figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι 1 Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 COL 2 3 w4mr figs-possession οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
179 COL 2 3 vd98 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
180 COL 2 3 iiob figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge The words **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **wisdom** as an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wisdom” or “of knowledge” or “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-ellipsis Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Here Paul omits some words that a sentence would need in order to be complete in many languages. Alternate translation: “We are Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, writing to the church” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
1TH 1 1 zivb figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church **Paul** is understood to be the author of this letter. **Silvanus and Timothy** are with him as he writes and are in agreement with what he writes. If that might not be understood in your language, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, together with Silvanus and Timothy, write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 1 1 r7n0 translate-names Σιλουανὸς 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church The name **Silvanus** is a longer form of the name **Silas**, the form of the name used for this same man in the book of Acts. You could choose to use the shorter form here as well, or you could choose to use the longer form here and include a footnote explaining that they are forms of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TH 1 1 z7wu figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 1 1 z7wu figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 1 1 vlb3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 When **God** is called **Father** (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), it is meant to highlight his relationship to **Jesus** as “Son” (See [1:10](../01/10.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1TH 1 1 luw5 translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace to you This phrase is a common biblical blessing formula and greeting (See Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; Gal. 1:3; Eph. 1:2; Phil. 1:2; Col. 1:2; 2 Th. 1:2; Philem. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 Pet. 1:2; Rev. 1:4). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you his grace and peace” or “I pray that God shows you favor and keeps you safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
1TH 1 1 qx70 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace to you The words **Grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 9 xeff figs-explicit ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had with you Paul implies that the **kind of reception** they had from the Thessalonians was a good one. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “what a good reception we had from you” or “how gladly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 1 9 dkv4 figs-idiom πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here, the phrase **how you turned** is an idiom that simply refers to the fact that they turned, not to the manner of how they turned. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “that you turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 1 9 wpbm figs-doublet ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two phrases **to God** and **to serve the living and true God** into one phrase. Alternate translation: “you turned from serving the idols to serve the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their **idols** and then **turned** around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their **idols** and then **turned** around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 1 9 fa47 grammar-connect-logic-goal δουλεύειν 1 Here, **to serve** introduces a purpose clause. The reason why these people stopped worshiping idols was in order to serve God. Use a natural method of introducing a purpose clause in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to begin serving” or “for the purpose of serving” or “so that you could serve” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal)
1TH 1 9 gv76 figs-parallelism ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 This phrase expresses parallelism, by contrasting the deadness and falseness of idols with the living and real God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 1 9 ou5h figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 By using the terms **living and true** to describe God, Paul is implying that these terms do not apply to the idols or to the gods that those idols represent. The idols themselves are made of materials that are not alive. The gods that they represent are living beings, but they are not **true** gods, because people do not owe them obedience or worship as they do to the God who created them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include this information in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “from worshiping the non-living statues of false gods in order to serve the real God who is alive” or “from the dead idols in order to serve the God who lives and deserves our worship” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 6 j6c4 figs-synecdoche οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων 1 Here Paul refers to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human beingnot you or anyone else” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 2 6 afcc figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν 1 If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 7 u7y2 figs-hypo δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι 1 With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christs apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christs apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christs apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1TH 2 7 a75z figs-metaphor δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι 1 Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 a75z figs-metaphor δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι 1 Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 bslq grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 7 y3bi figs-metaphor ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 bnp2 figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 9 v837 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 9 exw6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 10 il3e figs-litany ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles godly behavior in [2:1012](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithfully and justly and innocently we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 2 10 ufdv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1TH 2 11 oug6 καθάπερ οἴδατε ὡς ἕνα ἕκαστον ὑμῶν 1 Again, Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2,5](../02/02.md)). It is another way of saying “you {are} witnesses” (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Paul is appealing to the Thessalonian churchs own experience of the apostles godly behavior to prove their gospel message comes from God (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “just as you each and every one of you are well aware” or “just as each one of you experienced for yourself”
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-simile ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father his own children The point of Pauls comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their **children**. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-simile ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father his own children The point of Pauls comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their **children**. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 2 12 m91e παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and testifying for you Paul uses a repetitive series of verb forms to show how the apostles have instructed the Thessalonian church like caring fathers would teach their children. These words are meant to instill a sense of urgency. Alternate translation: “encouraging and building you up and acting as your witness” or “instructing you through appeals, encouragement, and our own personal example”
1TH 2 12 clhg παρακαλοῦντες…μαρτυρόμενοι 1 These verbal forms also describe the apostles fatherly behavior toward the Thessalonian church. These forms can be expressed in a number of ways: (1) result. Alternate translation: “with the result that we kept exhorting … testifying” (2) means. Alternate translation: “by exhorting … testifying” (3) manner. Alternate translation: “how we kept exhorting … testifying”
1TH 2 12 afop grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthy of God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 12 go6b figs-possession εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe how Gods people should live. Use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” or “to live in a way that God honors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 12 udek figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν 1 Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 12 udek figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν 1 Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 12 v9ph figs-distinguish τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase gives us further information about God and describes what he is doing through the apostles teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 2 12 b0by figs-parallelism τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **the one calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with Gods **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 12 vbd2 figs-hendiadys εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 This phrase, **into his own kingdom and glory**, expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **glory** describes what the **kingdom** is like. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -140,14 +140,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 13 dr6q grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **that** marks the reasons in [2:1314](../02/13.md) for why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why people should do things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 13 zj5f grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν 1 not as the word of man Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 13 f6ta figs-metonymy λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the phrase **the word** to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message, called “the gospel of God” in [2:89](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … Gods message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also working in you who believe The apostles refer to Gods gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also working in you who believe The apostles refer to Gods gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 13 z89g writing-pronouns ὃς 1 which is also working in you who believe Here, the word translated **which** could refer to **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and Gods word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1TH 2 13 x7oi figs-yousingular ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to all the believers in God at Thessalonica (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1TH 2 14 mh8n writing-background 0 became imitators of the churches Verses 1416 provide background information about how the Thessalonian church suffered persecutions similar to the Judean church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 2 14 xopt grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how Gods message is working among the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 14 cj05 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 14 ij9j μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
1TH 2 14 g0t5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 14 g0t5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 15 a6xd writing-background τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 2 15 pgzz figs-merism τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 The whole history of the persecution of Gods people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 2 15 ucaz figs-events τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
@ -182,16 +182,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 18 crv7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 3 to see your faces What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Paul would visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 18 uuae figs-explicit ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς 1 to see your faces Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **hindered** often means “cut off” or “beat in,” Paul may be stressing the violent nature of Satans obstruction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “powerfully prevented us” or “violently obstructed us” or “cut off our route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion 0 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming? Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 19 ulj7 figs-ellipsis τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope … Is it not even you Some words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is it}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 2 19 jfak figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 19 jfak figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here, **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory or for having competed well. The proof of the apostles success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ if the Thessalonian church remains faithful to God (See [4:135:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 uvb4 figs-possession στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) the product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) the means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 19 h7gh figs-metonymy ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 crown of boasting Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 mksc figs-idiom ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ 1 crown of boasting Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 12 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 20 l3m0 figs-parallelism ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice in slightly different ways to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 20 d8dz figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 crown of boasting Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 20 nlbd figs-personification ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory** and **joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 20 nlbd figs-personification ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory** and **joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothys Visit (3:15)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:12)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:35)<br>2. Timothys Report (3:613)<br>* Good news (3:610)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:1113)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothys visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).<br><br>The enemy of Gods people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)) feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration of the apostles prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here the apostles pray that the Thessalonian church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).
1TH 3 1 fqe3 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι, 1 enduring it no longer This is a result clause. Paul is explaining why he sent Timothy to Thessalonica in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Because we could not restrain ourselves any longer, we thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 1 zvgz grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 enduring it no longer Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:1718](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 2 q1f7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 our brother and a servant What follows the word **and** here is in contrast to Paul and Silvanus staying behind at Athens. Instead, they sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “even though this was true,” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 3 2 vsoo figs-exclusive ἐπέμψαμεν…ἡμῶν 1 our brother and a servant When Paul says **we** and **our**, he is exclusively speaking of himself and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 2 d8yy figs-distinguish τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy, who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and Gods authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 3 2 yyio figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 2 yyio figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 2 lkvo figs-possession καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Here, **servant of God** could refer to: (1) a servant in general. Alternate translation: “and a minister of God” or “and assistant to God” (2) office of deacon. Alternate translation: “and a deacon of God” or “who also serves God as a deacon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 3 2 dsnc ἐν 1 our brother and a servant The preposition **in** could refer to: (1) Timothys association with the gospel. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) the cause of the gospel. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) the means of the gospel. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
1TH 3 2 pqif figs-possession τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or “concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 8 hk91 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor, **in the Lord**, could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 8 e3pe figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize his joy for the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternative translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. 1 For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you, Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles thankful joy for the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TH 3 9 pdc5 figs-metaphor τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν 1 before our God With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 9 pdc5 figs-metaphor τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν 1 before our God With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 9 j6pj grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 9 u00t figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν 1 before our God Here, **joy** and **rejoice** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of how faithful the Thessalonian church has been towards God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-idiom χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -255,14 +255,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 11 f3wh figs-hendiadys ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
1TH 3 11 mc2m figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 may our God and Father … direct Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “may … quickly bring us to you” or “may … direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may … quickly bring us to you” or “may … direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 12 f4ma figs-doublet ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 12 o80n figs-metaphor τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 12 ofl2 figs-merism εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul could be speaking, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 3 12 gyy3 figs-nominaladj εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 3 12 dm6c καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way that we love you”
1TH 3 13 ms8t figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 13 taws grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian churchs love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 13 p12j figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This phrase is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:18)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:912)<br>* Reminder (4:910)<br>* Keep Busy (4:1112)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:1318)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:1112](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:135:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:1318](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:135:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a kings authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a kings authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 ckii figs-hendiadys τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 4 1 q937 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 it is necessary for you to walk This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 4 2 oyu3 grammar-connect-time-background 0 through the Lord Jesus Paul is providing this background information about the apostles teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1TH 4 2 dg4p grammar-connect-logic-result οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “The reason we beg and exhort you is because you realize that when we gave commands, it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 2 ebjm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 through the Lord Jesus Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is Gods will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 5 tz8o figs-genericnoun τὰ ἔθνη 1 in the passion of lust Here, **the Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase (See your translation at [2:16](../02/16.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1TH 4 5 w03g figs-distinguish τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust Here, **the ones not knowing God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 6 wmb6 figs-hendiadys ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exploit** describes **transgress** . If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “exploits by transgressing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 4 6 ho6h figs-metaphor ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someones property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 6 ckez figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord is an avenger Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another persons business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 6 ho6h figs-metaphor ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someones property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 6 ckez figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord is an avenger Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another persons business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 6 q7bf grammar-connect-logic-result διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 the Lord is an avenger This clause gives the final result for those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:36](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 6 d1ip writing-background καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:1012](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just as we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 4 6 ix4p figs-doublet καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 9 l1n7 figs-hyperbole οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν 1 brotherly love Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 4 9 fyqe figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν 1 brotherly love A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{for us}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 4 9 ctiq αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους 1 brotherly love This clause could refer to: (1) the content of Gods teaching. Alternate translation: “because it is God himself who teaches you: love each other” (2) the manner of Gods teaching. Alternate translation: “indeed, it is God who teaches you how to love each other” (3) the purpose of Gods teaching. Alternate translation: “the reason why God teaches you is so that you would love each other” Use a natural way in your language for expressing this idea.
1TH 4 9 j7z0 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε 1 brotherly love Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 9 j7z0 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε 1 brotherly love Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 9 zroq figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 brotherly love Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that the Thessalonian church is doing what God teaches. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 4 10 e3e0 writing-background καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia Paul provides this background information to show another aspect of how the Thessalonian church “became an example” to the churches in Macedonia and Achaia (See [1:78](../01/07.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you habitually show love to all your fellow believers in Christ throughout the region of Macedonia” or “In fact, you are doing just that to all the fellow Christians throughout the province of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 4 10 dec9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ γὰρ 1 you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia Here, **For indeed** indicates that what follows in an example of how the Thessalonian church shows Christian love. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 11 bz8s figs-distinguish καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν 1 to work with your own hands This phrase and the following verse signal the end of this larger section of teaching about how to live in Christian community (See [4:1,2](../04/01.md) for the same wording). Here, **just as we commanded** also expresses that what the apostles teach is the same as being “taught by God” (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If this would not be understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation as a new sentence: “This is what we already commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 12 wj25 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 you may walk properly Here, **so that** could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for the apostles exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 4 12 oo9l grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα περιπατῆτε 1 you may walk properly Here, **so that you may walk** could be a result clause. It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. Alternate translation: “as a result you now live” or “then you will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 you may walk properly Here, **walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before those outside Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 you may walk properly Here, **walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before those outside Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 12 nait grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε 1 before those outside This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “and then you could be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 13 vi2y grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 General Information: Here, **Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section in [4:135:11](../04/13.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:710; 2:312). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 13 lan8 figs-litotes οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 General Information: Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “We want you to know for certain” or “Now we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TH 4 13 qt5b figs-explicit περὶ 1 you may not grieve Here, **concerning** implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as it relates to your question about” or “concerning your question about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 13 j68e figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 General Information: Here, **the ones sleeping** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:1617](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1TH 4 13 j68e figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 General Information: Here, **the ones sleeping** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:1617](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1TH 4 13 ocjp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε 1 brothers Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he does not want the Thessalonian church to remain ignorant about the destiny of their loved ones **who are asleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 4 13 r9f8 figs-nominaladj καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Paul is using the adjective phrase **the rest** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like the rest of people” or “in the same way as the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 4 13 f9eq figs-explicit οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Here Paul assumes that his readers will know that **hope** refers to salvation at the final resurrection (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)). Previously **hope** was associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 16 pjrh figs-parallelism καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the Lord himself … will descend The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show contrast with the second verb **rise**. After the **Lord** Jesus comes down from **heaven**, the **dead** Christians will resurrect from the earth. Paul makes two opposite statements, in similar ways, to emphasis the dramatic nature of the Lords Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “will come down from heaven, but the first to resurrect from the earth will be the dead people who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 4 16 k7sg grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 the Lord himself … will descend The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “and then after that,” or “and afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that **the dead** are the same as “those who are asleep” in [4:1315](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated “fallen asleep” in [4:1315](../04/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 16 xrxu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 16 xrxu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 17 iy00 grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 we who are alive Here, **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Though **we, the ones living** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section implies that all Christians are in view, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ who remain alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 17 otiq writing-pronouns ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 we who are alive Here, Paul refers to “the dead in Christ” (See [4:16](../04/16.md)) as **them**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “together with the dead in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -380,25 +380,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-explicit περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 General Information: Here, **Now concerning** signals a change in subject (See also [4:9](../04/09.md)). This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church about the timing of “the coming of the Lord” and how the church should prepare for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, about your question related to the exact timing of the Lords return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 5 1 a8f3 figs-idiom τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 General Information: Here, **the times and the seasons** is an idiom referring to a specific point in time or a time period. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. This phrase could refer to: (1) a specific point in time. Alternate translation: “the appointed time when Jesus returns” or “the fixed time when Jesus returns” (See [Acts 1:7](acts/01/07.md)) for this exact phrase referring to the same thing)). (2) a specific amount of time. Alternate translation: “how long it will take for the Lord Jesus to return” or “when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 1 caue figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι 1 General Information: Here words are left out in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{for us}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 5 2 yvg3 figs-simile 0 perfectly well This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 5 2 yvg3 figs-simile 0 perfectly well This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 5 2 dqgk figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε 1 perfectly well The words **For**, **yourselves**, and **perfectly** emphasize how clearly the Thessalonian church should understand when and how the Lords Second Coming will happen. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, it is certain that you recognize accurately” or “You are certainly well aware of this fact” or “Indeed, you know precisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 5 2 mcq9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 perfectly well Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church has “no need that anything be written” to them about the timing and manner of the Lords Second Coming (See [5:1](../05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 2 tu9t figs-idiom ἡμέρα Κυρίου 1 in this manner—like a thief in the night Here, **the day of the Lord** is an idiom that refers to the Old Testament concept of the time of Gods final judgment. The context of this passage makes it clear that **the day of the Lord** is synonymous with “the coming of the Lord” Jesus in [4:15](../04/15.md). (See also [Acts 2:20](../act/02/20.md); [1 Corinthians 5:5](../1co/05/05.md); [2 Thessalonians 2:2](../2th/02/02.md); [2 Peter 3:10](../2pe/03/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation; “the time when the Lord Jesus returns again to earth” or “the time when the Lord Jesus will finally judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 in this manner—like a thief in the night The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisinglylike when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like thisall of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 in this manner—like a thief in the night The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisinglylike when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like thisall of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 5 3 p1wi figs-hypo ὅταν λέγωσιν, εἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια 1 When they may say Paul is using a hypothetical situation to express the suddenness of the “the day of the Lord.” Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Whenever they might say, Everything is safe and sound,’” or “At a time when people are saying, All is well,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1TH 5 3 mjvd grammar-connect-logic-contrast τότε 1 When they may say Here what follows the word **then** is in contrast to the **Peace and safety** these people expected to last. Instead, **sudden destruction comes** on them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 3 ne9n figs-parallelism τότε αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction Here, **sudden destruction** parallels the idea of terror that accompanies a sudden attack by “a thief in the night” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “then sudden calamity strikes” or “then immediate destruction looms over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 3 sde2 figs-parallelism αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Here, **sudden** describes the unexpected timing of **birth pains** , and **certainly not escape** describes the nature of **destruction**. Paul says similar things with these phrases to show that Gods final judgment will be a total surprise and complete ruin for unbelievers. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, Gods final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant womanthese people can never escape Gods destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, Gods final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant womanthese people can never escape Gods destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 5 3 iwc2 figs-idiom τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Here, **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning “pregnant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “do for a woman in late pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 3 undo figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Here, **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never” (See [4:15](../04/15.md)). If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they will never escape” or “there is no way to possibly escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TH 5 4 sk6v grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὑμεῖς δέ 1 you, brothers Here what follows the words **But you** is in contrast to the “sudden destruction” of the people in [5:3](../05/03.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Certainly you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lords return because they are living sinfully. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “are not unprepared” or “are not living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 4 elp9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day might overtake you like a thief This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people such as those surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 4 otz2 figs-metaphor ἡ ἡμέρα 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 4 ywez figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 4 otz2 figs-metaphor ἡ ἡμέρα 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 4 ywez figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 5 ddce figs-doublet πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christs Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are Gods spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christs coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are Gods spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christs coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 5 ilv4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape Gods judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 5 cxo9 figs-nominaladj πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness Again, Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in a place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lords return because they are living sinfully (See [5:4](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the night** or **of the darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We are not unprepared like those at night or those who live in the darkness, ” or “We are not characterized by being spiritually ignorant” or “We do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -413,12 +413,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 6 osxu figs-hendiadys γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might not sleep These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 5 7 fxca figs-parallelism οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 7 oyjo grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should “not sleep” or be unprepared for the Lords return (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 wh3g grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 we, being of the day What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to “getting drunk” at “night” in [5:7](../05/07.md). Instead, Christians are characterized by the activities of **the day** and staying **sober** (See [5:56](../05/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 8 iv63 figs-imperative ἡμεῖς…νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day Here, **should stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we … must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us … stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lords return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christs coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:1018,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lords return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christs coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:1018,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 Here, **wrath** refers to Gods future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -427,26 +427,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 9 qfcf figs-possession εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to Gods people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 5 10 arhm figs-distinguish τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **the one having died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 5 10 dzq0 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα…ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating why Jesus **died for us**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that … we could live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-metaphor εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:1417](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-metaphor εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:1417](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 11 r921 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 build up one the other Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christs return in [4:1418](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 5 11 o85i grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ παρακαλεῖτε 1 build up one the other **Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 11 m2c9 figs-doublet διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 5 11 hepx figs-imperative παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 11 fx2f figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 11 fx2f figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 11 kdae figs-idiom εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 11 sfv4 καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε 1 build up one the other Here Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
1TH 5 12 pd47 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 General Information: Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Lastly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 5 12 fqh3 figs-distinguish τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς 1 leading you in the Lord This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **the ones laboring among you** and **leading you** and **admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working among you and guiding you in the Lord and training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 5 12 f4jv figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 leading you in the Lord Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 12 f4jv figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 leading you in the Lord Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 13 jq0o grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because of their work on your behalf, we also ask you to lovingly show them the utmost consideration” or “and since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 13 p6m4 figs-metaphor ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 13 p6m4 figs-metaphor ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 13 rqs8 figs-imperative εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here is the first of 17 final appeals in [5:1326](../05/13.md) that the apostles give the Thessalonian church. **Be at peace** is an imperative, but here it could be an urgent request rather than a command. Use a natural way in your language to communicate an appeal or urgent request. Alternate translation: “We urge you to continue to live peacefully with your leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 14 lajk figs-litany 0 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul uses a repetitive series of imperative sentences in [5:1422](../05/14) to urge the Thessalonian church to show practical love to one another. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 5 14 tdxa grammar-connect-words-phrases παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase signals the apostles final appeals to the Thessalonian church. Since there are 14 commands in this section [5:1422](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Finally, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 5 14 qadb figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here the idiom **brothers** could refer to: (1) the whole Thessalonian church including the leaders. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers in Christ” (2) the leaders of the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “fellow leaders of Christs church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 14 g34k figs-nominaladj πρὸς πάντας 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “toward all your fellow believers in Christ” or “with the whole Thessalonian church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 5 15 vlp7 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **See that** is an idiom used to command attention. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 15 dqs8 figs-metaphor κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 15 dqs8 figs-metaphor κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 15 oz10 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here what follows the word **but** is in contrast to repaying **evil for evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “and instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 15 mc2z figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **always** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul means that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **pursue what is good**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “make every effort to” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 5 15 pe3l figs-merism καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **both for one another and for all** is used to emphasize groups of people. In this context, the phrase could refer to: (1) the Thessalonian church and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for your church at Thessalonica and for all believers in Christ” (2) the Thessalonian church and the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md)). Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -459,17 +459,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 18 l3sk grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 for this is the will of God Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:1418](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “for in fact, this is Gods will” or “for certainly, this thing is Gods will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1TH 5 18 yu36 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο 1 for this is the will of God A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 5 18 sw8b figs-abstractnouns θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you can express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 5 18 mbz1 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 19 j1ei figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 18 mbz1 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 19 j1ei figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 19 sv8r figs-litotes μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TH 5 20 iv1n figs-litotes μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TH 5 20 rrza figs-parallelism προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies The two phrases in [5:1920](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 21 ihzh figs-metaphor πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and he wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
1TH 5 21 wx69 figs-metaphor πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things Paul speaks as if the Thessalonians could make **all things** pass a test. This could mean: (1) they should examine everything they hear and do to make sure it conforms to what honors God. Alternate translation: “Carefully examine everything you hear and do” (2) they should examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). Alternate translation: “examine and approve all prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 21 sjh0 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Test all things Here, **all things** is an adjectival phrase. Depending on whether you decided this is a new list or a continuation of verse 20, this could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “everything you hear and do” (2) Alternate translation: “all prophesies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 5 21 n1jv figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 21 n1jv figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 21 jska figs-ellipsis τὸ καλὸν 1 Test all things A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 5 22 z9k0 figs-personification παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ 1 Test all things Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 5 22 z9k0 figs-personification παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ 1 Test all things Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 5 23 mqi7 translate-blessing αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer (See also [3:1113](../03/11.md)). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that God himself, who gives peace, would sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
1TH 5 23 ozyh figs-parallelism ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 23 sbxc figs-possession ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly Here Paul uses the possessive form **the God of peace**, which is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. In this context, **the God of peace** could refer to: (1) who God is. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) what God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
4 1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-ellipsis Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Here Paul omits some words that a sentence would need in order to be complete in many languages. Alternate translation: “We are Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, writing to the church” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
5 1TH 1 1 zivb figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church **Paul** is understood to be the author of this letter. **Silvanus and Timothy** are with him as he writes and are in agreement with what he writes. If that might not be understood in your language, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, together with Silvanus and Timothy, write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 1TH 1 1 r7n0 translate-names Σιλουανὸς 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church The name **Silvanus** is a longer form of the name **Silas**, the form of the name used for this same man in the book of Acts. You could choose to use the shorter form here as well, or you could choose to use the longer form here and include a footnote explaining that they are forms of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7 1TH 1 1 z7wu figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8 1TH 1 1 vlb3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 When **God** is called **Father** (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), it is meant to highlight his relationship to **Jesus** as “Son” (See [1:10](../01/10.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
9 1TH 1 1 luw5 translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace to you This phrase is a common biblical blessing formula and greeting (See Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; Gal. 1:3; Eph. 1:2; Phil. 1:2; Col. 1:2; 2 Th. 1:2; Philem. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 Pet. 1:2; Rev. 1:4). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you his grace and peace” or “I pray that God shows you favor and keeps you safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
10 1TH 1 1 qx70 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace to you The words **Grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
56 1TH 1 9 xeff figs-explicit ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had with you Paul implies that the **kind of reception** they had from the Thessalonians was a good one. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “what a good reception we had from you” or “how gladly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57 1TH 1 9 dkv4 figs-idiom πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here, the phrase **how you turned** is an idiom that simply refers to the fact that they turned, not to the manner of how they turned. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “that you turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
58 1TH 1 9 wpbm figs-doublet ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two phrases **to God** and **to serve the living and true God** into one phrase. Alternate translation: “you turned from serving the idols to serve the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
59 1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their **idols** and then **turned** around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their **idols** and then **turned** around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
60 1TH 1 9 fa47 grammar-connect-logic-goal δουλεύειν 1 Here, **to serve** introduces a purpose clause. The reason why these people stopped worshiping idols was in order to serve God. Use a natural method of introducing a purpose clause in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to begin serving” or “for the purpose of serving” or “so that you could serve” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal)
61 1TH 1 9 gv76 figs-parallelism ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 This phrase expresses parallelism, by contrasting the deadness and falseness of idols with the living and real God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
62 1TH 1 9 ou5h figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 By using the terms **living and true** to describe God, Paul is implying that these terms do not apply to the idols or to the gods that those idols represent. The idols themselves are made of materials that are not alive. The gods that they represent are living beings, but they are not **true** gods, because people do not owe them obedience or worship as they do to the God who created them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include this information in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “from worshiping the non-living statues of false gods in order to serve the real God who is alive” or “from the dead idols in order to serve the God who lives and deserves our worship” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
103 1TH 2 6 j6c4 figs-synecdoche οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων 1 Here Paul refers to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
104 1TH 2 6 afcc figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν 1 If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
105 1TH 2 7 u7y2 figs-hypo δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι 1 With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
106 1TH 2 7 a75z figs-metaphor δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι 1 Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
107 1TH 2 7 bslq grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
108 1TH 2 7 y3bi figs-metaphor ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
109 1TH 2 7 bnp2 figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
110 1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
111 1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
112 1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
113 1TH 2 9 v837 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
114 1TH 2 9 exw6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
115 1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
123 1TH 2 10 il3e figs-litany ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles’ godly behavior in [2:10–12](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithfully and justly and innocently we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
124 1TH 2 10 ufdv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
125 1TH 2 11 oug6 καθάπερ οἴδατε ὡς ἕνα ἕκαστον ὑμῶν 1 Again, Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2,5](../02/02.md)). It is another way of saying “you {are} witnesses” (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Paul is appealing to the Thessalonian church’s own experience of the apostles’ godly behavior to prove their gospel message comes from God (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “just as you each and every one of you are well aware” or “just as each one of you experienced for yourself”
126 1TH 2 11 i58m figs-simile ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father his own children The point of Paul’s comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their **children**. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of Paul’s comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their **children**. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
127 1TH 2 12 m91e παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and testifying for you Paul uses a repetitive series of verb forms to show how the apostles have instructed the Thessalonian church like caring fathers would teach their children. These words are meant to instill a sense of urgency. Alternate translation: “encouraging and building you up and acting as your witness” or “instructing you through appeals, encouragement, and our own personal example”
128 1TH 2 12 clhg παρακαλοῦντες…μαρτυρόμενοι 1 These verbal forms also describe the apostles’ fatherly behavior toward the Thessalonian church. These forms can be expressed in a number of ways: (1) result. Alternate translation: “with the result that we kept exhorting … testifying” (2) means. Alternate translation: “by exhorting … testifying” (3) manner. Alternate translation: “how we kept exhorting … testifying”
129 1TH 2 12 afop grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthy of God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
130 1TH 2 12 go6b figs-possession εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe how God’s people should live. Use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” or “to live in a way that God honors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
131 1TH 2 12 udek figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν 1 Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
132 1TH 2 12 v9ph figs-distinguish τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase gives us further information about God and describes what he is doing through the apostles’ teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
133 1TH 2 12 b0by figs-parallelism τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **the one calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles’ **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with God’s **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
134 1TH 2 12 vbd2 figs-hendiadys εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 This phrase, **into his own kingdom and glory**, expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **glory** describes what the **kingdom** is like. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
140 1TH 2 13 dr6q grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **that** marks the reasons in [2:13–14](../02/13.md) for why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why people should do things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
141 1TH 2 13 zj5f grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν 1 not as the word of man Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles’ message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
142 1TH 2 13 f6ta figs-metonymy λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the phrase **the word** to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message, called “the gospel of God” in [2:8–9](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143 1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also working in you who believe The apostles refer to God’s gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) The apostles refer to God’s gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
144 1TH 2 13 z89g writing-pronouns ὃς 1 which is also working in you who believe Here, the word translated **which** could refer to **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
145 1TH 2 13 x7oi figs-yousingular ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to all the believers in God at Thessalonica (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
146 1TH 2 14 mh8n writing-background 0 became imitators of the churches Verses 14–16 provide background information about how the Thessalonian church suffered persecutions similar to the Judean church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
147 1TH 2 14 xopt grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how God’s message is working among the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
148 1TH 2 14 cj05 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
149 1TH 2 14 ij9j μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
150 1TH 2 14 g0t5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
151 1TH 2 15 a6xd writing-background τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
152 1TH 2 15 pgzz figs-merism τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 The whole history of the persecution of God’s people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
153 1TH 2 15 ucaz figs-events τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
182 1TH 2 18 crv7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 3 to see your faces What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Paul would visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
183 1TH 2 18 uuae figs-explicit ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς 1 to see your faces Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **hindered** often means “cut off” or “beat in,” Paul may be stressing the violent nature of Satan’s obstruction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “powerfully prevented us” or “violently obstructed us” or “cut off our route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
184 1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion 0 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming? Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
185 1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
186 1TH 2 19 ulj7 figs-ellipsis τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope … Is it not even you Some words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is it}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
187 1TH 2 19 jfak figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
188 1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here, **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory or for having competed well. The proof of the apostles’ success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ if the Thessalonian church remains faithful to God (See [4:13–5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189 1TH 2 19 uvb4 figs-possession στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) the product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) the means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
190 1TH 2 19 h7gh figs-metonymy ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 crown of boasting Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
191 1TH 2 19 mksc figs-idiom ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ 1 crown of boasting Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1–2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
192 1TH 2 20 l3m0 figs-parallelism ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice in slightly different ways to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
193 1TH 2 20 d8dz figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 crown of boasting Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
194 1TH 2 20 nlbd figs-personification ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory** and **joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory** and **joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
195 1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothy’s Visit (3:1–5)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:1–2)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:3–5)<br>2. Timothy’s Report (3:6–13)<br>* Good news (3:6–10)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:11–13)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).<br><br>The enemy of God’s people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)) feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration of the apostles’ prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here the apostles pray that the Thessalonian church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).
196 1TH 3 1 fqe3 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι, 1 enduring it no longer This is a result clause. Paul is explaining why he sent Timothy to Thessalonica in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Because we could not restrain ourselves any longer, we thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
197 1TH 3 1 zvgz grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 enduring it no longer Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17–18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
200 1TH 3 2 q1f7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 our brother and a servant What follows the word **and** here is in contrast to Paul and Silvanus staying behind at Athens. Instead, they sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “even though this was true,” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
201 1TH 3 2 vsoo figs-exclusive ἐπέμψαμεν…ἡμῶν 1 our brother and a servant When Paul says **we** and **our**, he is exclusively speaking of himself and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
202 1TH 3 2 d8yy figs-distinguish τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy, who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and God’s authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
203 1TH 3 2 yyio figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
204 1TH 3 2 lkvo figs-possession καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Here, **servant of God** could refer to: (1) a servant in general. Alternate translation: “and a minister of God” or “and assistant to God” (2) office of deacon. Alternate translation: “and a deacon of God” or “who also serves God as a deacon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
205 1TH 3 2 dsnc ἐν 1 our brother and a servant The preposition **in** could refer to: (1) Timothy’s association with the gospel. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) the cause of the gospel. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) the means of the gospel. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
206 1TH 3 2 pqif figs-possession τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or “concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
243 1TH 3 8 hk91 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor, **in the Lord**, could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
244 1TH 3 8 e3pe figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize his joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternative translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
245 1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. 1 For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you, Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles’ thankful joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
246 1TH 3 9 pdc5 figs-metaphor τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν 1 before our God With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
247 1TH 3 9 j6pj grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
248 1TH 3 9 u00t figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν 1 before our God Here, **joy** and **rejoice** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of how faithful the Thessalonian church has been towards God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
249 1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-idiom χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
255 1TH 3 11 f3wh figs-hendiadys ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
256 1TH 3 11 mc2m figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 may our God and Father … direct Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
257 1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
258 1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “may … quickly bring us to you” or “may … direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may … quickly bring us to you” or “may … direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
259 1TH 3 12 f4ma figs-doublet ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
260 1TH 3 12 o80n figs-metaphor τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
261 1TH 3 12 ofl2 figs-merism εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul could be speaking, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
262 1TH 3 12 gyy3 figs-nominaladj εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
263 1TH 3 12 dm6c καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way that we love you”
264 1TH 3 13 ms8t figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
265 1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
266 1TH 3 13 taws grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
267 1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
268 1TH 3 13 p12j figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This phrase is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
271 1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1–8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9–12)<br>* Reminder (4:9–10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11–12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13–18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11–12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13–5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13–18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13–5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
272 1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
273 1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
274 1TH 4 1 foeh figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
275 1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
276 1TH 4 1 ckii figs-hendiadys τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
277 1TH 4 1 q937 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 it is necessary for you to walk This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
278 1TH 4 2 oyu3 grammar-connect-time-background 0 through the Lord Jesus Paul is providing this background information about the apostles’ teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
279 1TH 4 2 dg4p grammar-connect-logic-result οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “The reason we beg and exhort you is because you realize that when we gave commands, it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
280 1TH 4 2 ebjm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 through the Lord Jesus Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
281 1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
282 1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283 1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
284 1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
298 1TH 4 5 tz8o figs-genericnoun τὰ ἔθνη 1 in the passion of lust Here, **the Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase (See your translation at [2:16](../02/16.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
299 1TH 4 5 w03g figs-distinguish τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust Here, **the ones not knowing God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
300 1TH 4 6 wmb6 figs-hendiadys ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exploit** describes **transgress** . If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “exploits by transgressing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
301 1TH 4 6 ho6h figs-metaphor ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
302 1TH 4 6 ckez figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord is an avenger Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
303 1TH 4 6 q7bf grammar-connect-logic-result διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 the Lord is an avenger This clause gives the final result for those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:3–6](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
304 1TH 4 6 d1ip writing-background καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:10–12](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just as we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
305 1TH 4 6 ix4p figs-doublet καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
315 1TH 4 9 l1n7 figs-hyperbole οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν 1 brotherly love Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
316 1TH 4 9 fyqe figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν 1 brotherly love A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{for us}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
317 1TH 4 9 ctiq αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους 1 brotherly love This clause could refer to: (1) the content of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “because it is God himself who teaches you: love each other” (2) the manner of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “indeed, it is God who teaches you how to love each other” (3) the purpose of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “the reason why God teaches you is so that you would love each other” Use a natural way in your language for expressing this idea.
318 1TH 4 9 j7z0 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε 1 brotherly love Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
319 1TH 4 9 zroq figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 brotherly love Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that the Thessalonian church is doing what God teaches. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
320 1TH 4 10 e3e0 writing-background καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia Paul provides this background information to show another aspect of how the Thessalonian church “became an example” to the churches in Macedonia and Achaia (See [1:7–8](../01/07.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you habitually show love to all your fellow believers in Christ throughout the region of Macedonia” or “In fact, you are doing just that to all the fellow Christians throughout the province of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
321 1TH 4 10 dec9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ γὰρ 1 you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia Here, **For indeed** indicates that what follows in an example of how the Thessalonian church shows Christian love. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
329 1TH 4 11 bz8s figs-distinguish καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν 1 to work with your own hands This phrase and the following verse signal the end of this larger section of teaching about how to live in Christian community (See [4:1,2](../04/01.md) for the same wording). Here, **just as we commanded** also expresses that what the apostles teach is the same as being “taught by God” (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If this would not be understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation as a new sentence: “This is what we already commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
330 1TH 4 12 wj25 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 you may walk properly Here, **so that** could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
331 1TH 4 12 oo9l grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα περιπατῆτε 1 you may walk properly Here, **so that you may walk** could be a result clause. It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. Alternate translation: “as a result you now live” or “then you will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
332 1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 you may walk properly Here, **walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
333 1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before those outside Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
334 1TH 4 12 nait grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε 1 before those outside This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “and then you could be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
335 1TH 4 13 vi2y grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 General Information: Here, **Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section in [4:13–5:11](../04/13.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7–10; 2:3–12). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
336 1TH 4 13 lan8 figs-litotes οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 General Information: Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “We want you to know for certain” or “Now we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
337 1TH 4 13 qt5b figs-explicit περὶ 1 you may not grieve Here, **concerning** implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as it relates to your question about” or “concerning your question about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
338 1TH 4 13 j68e figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 General Information: Here, **the ones sleeping** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:16–17](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Here, **the ones sleeping** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:16–17](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
339 1TH 4 13 ocjp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε 1 brothers Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he does not want the Thessalonian church to remain ignorant about the destiny of their loved ones **who are asleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
340 1TH 4 13 r9f8 figs-nominaladj καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Paul is using the adjective phrase **the rest** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like the rest of people” or “in the same way as the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
341 1TH 4 13 f9eq figs-explicit οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Here Paul assumes that his readers will know that **hope** refers to salvation at the final resurrection (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)). Previously **hope** was associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
361 1TH 4 16 pjrh figs-parallelism καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the Lord himself … will descend The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show contrast with the second verb **rise**. After the **Lord** Jesus comes down from **heaven**, the **dead** Christians will resurrect from the earth. Paul makes two opposite statements, in similar ways, to emphasis the dramatic nature of the Lord’s Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “will come down from heaven, but the first to resurrect from the earth will be the dead people who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
362 1TH 4 16 k7sg grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 the Lord himself … will descend The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “and then after that,” or “and afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
363 1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that **the dead** are the same as “those who are asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated “fallen asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
364 1TH 4 16 xrxu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 1TH 4 17 iy00 grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 we who are alive Here, **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
366 1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Though **we, the ones living** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section implies that all Christians are in view, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ who remain alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
367 1TH 4 17 otiq writing-pronouns ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 we who are alive Here, Paul refers to “the dead in Christ” (See [4:16](../04/16.md)) as **them**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “together with the dead in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
380 1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-explicit περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 General Information: Here, **Now concerning** signals a change in subject (See also [4:9](../04/09.md)). This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church about the timing of “the coming of the Lord” and how the church should prepare for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, about your question related to the exact timing of the Lord’s return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
381 1TH 5 1 a8f3 figs-idiom τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 General Information: Here, **the times and the seasons** is an idiom referring to a specific point in time or a time period. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. This phrase could refer to: (1) a specific point in time. Alternate translation: “the appointed time when Jesus returns” or “the fixed time when Jesus returns” (See [Acts 1:7](acts/01/07.md)) for this exact phrase referring to the same thing)). (2) a specific amount of time. Alternate translation: “how long it will take for the Lord Jesus to return” or “when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
382 1TH 5 1 caue figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι 1 General Information: Here words are left out in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{for us}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
383 1TH 5 2 yvg3 figs-simile 0 perfectly well This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
384 1TH 5 2 dqgk figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε 1 perfectly well The words **For**, **yourselves**, and **perfectly** emphasize how clearly the Thessalonian church should understand when and how the Lord’s Second Coming will happen. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, it is certain that you recognize accurately” or “You are certainly well aware of this fact” or “Indeed, you know precisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
385 1TH 5 2 mcq9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 perfectly well Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church has “no need that anything be written” to them about the timing and manner of the Lord’s Second Coming (See [5:1](../05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
386 1TH 5 2 tu9t figs-idiom ἡμέρα Κυρίου 1 in this manner—like a thief in the night Here, **the day of the Lord** is an idiom that refers to the Old Testament concept of the time of God’s final judgment. The context of this passage makes it clear that **the day of the Lord** is synonymous with “the coming of the Lord” Jesus in [4:15](../04/15.md). (See also [Acts 2:20](../act/02/20.md); [1 Corinthians 5:5](../1co/05/05.md); [2 Thessalonians 2:2](../2th/02/02.md); [2 Peter 3:10](../2pe/03/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation; “the time when the Lord Jesus returns again to earth” or “the time when the Lord Jesus will finally judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
387 1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 in this manner—like a thief in the night The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisingly–like when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like this–all of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisingly–like when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like this–all of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
388 1TH 5 3 p1wi figs-hypo ὅταν λέγωσιν, εἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια 1 When they may say Paul is using a hypothetical situation to express the suddenness of the “the day of the Lord.” Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Whenever they might say, ‘Everything is safe and sound,’” or “At a time when people are saying, ‘All is well,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
389 1TH 5 3 mjvd grammar-connect-logic-contrast τότε 1 When they may say Here what follows the word **then** is in contrast to the **Peace and safety** these people expected to last. Instead, **sudden destruction comes** on them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
390 1TH 5 3 ne9n figs-parallelism τότε αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction Here, **sudden destruction** parallels the idea of terror that accompanies a sudden attack by “a thief in the night” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “then sudden calamity strikes” or “then immediate destruction looms over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
391 1TH 5 3 sde2 figs-parallelism αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Here, **sudden** describes the unexpected timing of **birth pains** , and **certainly not escape** describes the nature of **destruction**. Paul says similar things with these phrases to show that God’s final judgment will be a total surprise and complete ruin for unbelievers. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
392 1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, God’s final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant woman–these people can never escape God’s destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, God’s final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant woman–these people can never escape God’s destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
393 1TH 5 3 iwc2 figs-idiom τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Here, **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning “pregnant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “do for a woman in late pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394 1TH 5 3 undo figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Here, **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never” (See [4:15](../04/15.md)). If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they will never escape” or “there is no way to possibly escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
395 1TH 5 4 sk6v grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὑμεῖς δέ 1 you, brothers Here what follows the words **But you** is in contrast to the “sudden destruction” of the people in [5:3](../05/03.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Certainly you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
396 1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “are not unprepared” or “are not living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
397 1TH 5 4 elp9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day might overtake you like a thief This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people such as those surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
398 1TH 5 4 otz2 figs-metaphor ἡ ἡμέρα 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 1TH 5 4 ywez figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400 1TH 5 5 ddce figs-doublet πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
401 1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
402 1TH 5 5 ilv4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape God’s judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
403 1TH 5 5 cxo9 figs-nominaladj πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
404 1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness Again, Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in a place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See [5:4](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the night** or **of the darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We are not unprepared like those at night or those who live in the darkness, ” or “We are not characterized by being spiritually ignorant” or “We do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
413 1TH 5 6 osxu figs-hendiadys γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might not sleep These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
414 1TH 5 7 fxca figs-parallelism οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
415 1TH 5 7 oyjo grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should “not sleep” or be unprepared for the Lord’s return (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
416 1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
417 1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
418 1TH 5 8 wh3g grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 we, being of the day What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to “getting drunk” at “night” in [5:7](../05/07.md). Instead, Christians are characterized by the activities of **the day** and staying **sober** (See [5:5–6](../05/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
419 1TH 5 8 iv63 figs-imperative ἡμεῖς…νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day Here, **should stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we … must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us … stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
420 1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
421 1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10–18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10–18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
422 1TH 5 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
423 1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
424 1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
427 1TH 5 9 qfcf figs-possession εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
428 1TH 5 10 arhm figs-distinguish τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **the one having died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
429 1TH 5 10 dzq0 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα…ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating why Jesus **died for us**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that … we could live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
430 1TH 5 10 w59c figs-metaphor εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
431 1TH 5 11 r921 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 build up one the other Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
432 1TH 5 11 o85i grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ παρακαλεῖτε 1 build up one the other **Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
433 1TH 5 11 m2c9 figs-doublet διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
434 1TH 5 11 hepx figs-imperative παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
435 1TH 5 11 fx2f figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
436 1TH 5 11 kdae figs-idiom εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
437 1TH 5 11 sfv4 καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε 1 build up one the other Here Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
438 1TH 5 12 pd47 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 General Information: Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Lastly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
439 1TH 5 12 fqh3 figs-distinguish τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς 1 leading you in the Lord This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **the ones laboring among you** and **leading you** and **admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working among you and guiding you in the Lord and training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
440 1TH 5 12 f4jv figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 leading you in the Lord Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
441 1TH 5 13 jq0o grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because of their work on your behalf, we also ask you to lovingly show them the utmost consideration” or “and since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
442 1TH 5 13 p6m4 figs-metaphor ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443 1TH 5 13 rqs8 figs-imperative εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here is the first of 17 final appeals in [5:13–26](../05/13.md) that the apostles give the Thessalonian church. **Be at peace** is an imperative, but here it could be an urgent request rather than a command. Use a natural way in your language to communicate an appeal or urgent request. Alternate translation: “We urge you to continue to live peacefully with your leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
444 1TH 5 14 lajk figs-litany 0 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul uses a repetitive series of imperative sentences in [5:14–22](../05/14) to urge the Thessalonian church to show practical love to one another. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
445 1TH 5 14 tdxa grammar-connect-words-phrases παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase signals the apostles’ final appeals to the Thessalonian church. Since there are 14 commands in this section [5:14–22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Finally, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
446 1TH 5 14 qadb figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here the idiom **brothers** could refer to: (1) the whole Thessalonian church including the leaders. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers in Christ” (2) the leaders of the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “fellow leaders of Christ’s church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
447 1TH 5 14 g34k figs-nominaladj πρὸς πάντας 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “toward all your fellow believers in Christ” or “with the whole Thessalonian church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
448 1TH 5 15 vlp7 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **See that** is an idiom used to command attention. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
449 1TH 5 15 dqs8 figs-metaphor κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
450 1TH 5 15 oz10 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here what follows the word **but** is in contrast to repaying **evil for evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “and instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
451 1TH 5 15 mc2z figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **always** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul means that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **pursue what is good**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “make every effort to” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
452 1TH 5 15 pe3l figs-merism καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **both for one another and for all** is used to emphasize groups of people. In this context, the phrase could refer to: (1) the Thessalonian church and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for your church at Thessalonica and for all believers in Christ” (2) the Thessalonian church and the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md)). Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
459 1TH 5 18 l3sk grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 for this is the will of God Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:14–18](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “for in fact, this is God’s will” or “for certainly, this thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
460 1TH 5 18 yu36 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο 1 for this is the will of God A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
461 1TH 5 18 sw8b figs-abstractnouns θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you can express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
462 1TH 5 18 mbz1 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
463 1TH 5 19 j1ei figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
464 1TH 5 19 sv8r figs-litotes μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
465 1TH 5 20 iv1n figs-litotes μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
466 1TH 5 20 rrza figs-parallelism προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies The two phrases in [5:19–20](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
467 1TH 5 21 ihzh figs-metaphor πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and he wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
468 1TH 5 21 wx69 figs-metaphor πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things Paul speaks as if the Thessalonians could make **all things** pass a test. This could mean: (1) they should examine everything they hear and do to make sure it conforms to what honors God. Alternate translation: “Carefully examine everything you hear and do” (2) they should examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). Alternate translation: “examine and approve all prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
469 1TH 5 21 sjh0 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Test all things Here, **all things** is an adjectival phrase. Depending on whether you decided this is a new list or a continuation of verse 20, this could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “everything you hear and do” (2) Alternate translation: “all prophesies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
470 1TH 5 21 n1jv figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
471 1TH 5 21 jska figs-ellipsis τὸ καλὸν 1 Test all things A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
472 1TH 5 22 z9k0 figs-personification παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ 1 Test all things Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
473 1TH 5 23 mqi7 translate-blessing αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer (See also [3:11–13](../03/11.md)). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that God himself, who gives peace, would sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
474 1TH 5 23 ozyh figs-parallelism ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
475 1TH 5 23 sbxc figs-possession ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly Here Paul uses the possessive form **the God of peace**, which is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. In this context, **the God of peace** could refer to: (1) who God is. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) what God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 1 1 hm3e translate-names Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus **Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Pauls fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you could use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TH 1 1 ge00 figs-ellipsis Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
2TH 1 1 l8q8 figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Although **Paul** wrote this letter, he identifies **Silvanus and Timothy** as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
2TH 1 1 eajo figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
2TH 1 1 eajo figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
2TH 1 2 g6rb translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace to you Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TH 1 2 bv9m figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **Grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TH 1 3 o6v9 checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 312, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
4 2TH 1 1 hm3e translate-names Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus **Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you could use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 2TH 1 1 ge00 figs-ellipsis Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
6 2TH 1 1 l8q8 figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Although **Paul** wrote this letter, he identifies **Silvanus and Timothy** as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
7 2TH 1 1 eajo figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
8 2TH 1 2 g6rb translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace to you Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
9 2TH 1 2 bv9m figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **Grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10 2TH 1 3 o6v9 checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 3–12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])

View File

@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alter
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing** with a positive expression. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like **a wave** in the ocean, which keeps moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like **a wave** in the ocean, which keeps moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning plainly. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 1 6 j011 translate-unknown κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 7 j013 figs-gendernotations μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 For let that man not think James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
24 JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25 JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26 JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing** with a positive expression. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
27 JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like **a wave** in the ocean, which keeps moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like **a wave** in the ocean, which keeps moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning plainly. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28 JAS 1 6 j011 translate-unknown κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
29 JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 JAS 1 7 j013 figs-gendernotations μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 For let that man not think James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

View File

@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 1 18 ctgm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 1 18 b5qa figs-activepassive πατροπαραδότου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ 1 with the precious blood of Christ Peter uses **the precious blood of Christ** to refer to Jesus death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christs precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 as an unblemished and spotless lamb Peter compares Jesus blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the peoples sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive peoples sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 as an unblemished and spotless lamb Peter compares Jesus blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the peoples sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive peoples sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 He has been chosen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 1 20 tnrv figs-explicit προεγνωσμένου 1 This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 1 r853 figs-abstractnouns ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-simile ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of Gods word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mothers milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-simile ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of Gods word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mothers milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 2 2 rm71 ἐπιποθήσατε 1 long for Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
1PE 2 2 fn81 figs-metaphor τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 pure spiritual milk The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Gods pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 2 ypy6 figs-metaphor αὐξηθῆτε 1 you may grow up Peter speaks of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 7 ql12 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 8 k0dm writing-quotations καὶ 1 Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1PE 2 8 vxhb figs-quotemarks λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1PE 2 8 i72g figs-metaphor λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 8 i72g figs-metaphor λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 8 ydkr figs-possession λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-parallelism λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1PE 2 8 h7ta figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 stumble because they disobey the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
100 1PE 1 18 ctgm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
101 1PE 1 18 b5qa figs-activepassive πατροπαραδότου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
102 1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ 1 with the precious blood of Christ Peter uses **the precious blood of Christ** to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
103 1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 as an unblemished and spotless lamb Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
104 1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
105 1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 He has been chosen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
106 1PE 1 20 tnrv figs-explicit προεγνωσμένου 1 This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
139 1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
140 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
141 1PE 2 1 r853 figs-abstractnouns ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
142 1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-simile ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
143 1PE 2 2 rm71 ἐπιποθήσατε 1 long for Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
144 1PE 2 2 fn81 figs-metaphor τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 pure spiritual milk The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145 1PE 2 2 ypy6 figs-metaphor αὐξηθῆτε 1 you may grow up Peter speaks of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 1PE 2 7 ql12 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179 1PE 2 8 k0dm writing-quotations καὶ 1 Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
180 1PE 2 8 vxhb figs-quotemarks λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
181 1PE 2 8 i72g figs-metaphor λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 1PE 2 8 ydkr figs-possession λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
183 1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-parallelism λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
184 1PE 2 8 h7ta figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 stumble because they disobey the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

View File

@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2PE 1 19 xilf figs-declarative ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 1 19 hmb7 figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 Peter speaks of Christs second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star may rise in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 1 19 hmb7 figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 Peter speaks of Christs second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star may rise in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 19 v0ju figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for peoples minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 1 19 bl8s figs-explicit φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
2PE 2 1 flv3 figs-abstractnouns ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here, **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lords path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lords path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -377,12 +377,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to Gods will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 4 fe37 writing-quotations καὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 4 xfkr figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israels patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 5 g2ph figs-activepassive λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 9 jwjo figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to Gods promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) Gods promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:1013](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -453,14 +453,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Pauls letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:1013](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that Gods patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:1415](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about Gods patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Pauls letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Pauls letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
137 2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
138 2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
139 2PE 1 19 xilf figs-declarative ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
140 2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
141 2PE 1 19 hmb7 figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142 2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star may rise in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143 2PE 1 19 v0ju figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 2PE 1 19 bl8s figs-explicit φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
145 2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
160 2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
161 2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
162 2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
163 2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164 2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
165 2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
166 2PE 2 1 flv3 figs-abstractnouns ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
183 2PE 2 3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
184 2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
185 2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
186 2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
187 2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
188 2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
189 2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
288 2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
289 2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here, **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
290 2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
291 2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
292 2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
293 2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
294 2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
305 2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
306 2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
307 2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
308 2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
309 2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
310 2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
311 2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
312 2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
358 2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
359 2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
360 2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
361 2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
362 2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
363 2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
364 2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
377 2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
378 2PE 3 4 fe37 writing-quotations καὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
379 2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
380 2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
381 2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
382 2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
383 2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
384 2PE 3 4 xfkr figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
385 2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
386 2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
387 2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
388 2PE 3 5 g2ph figs-activepassive λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
413 2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
414 2PE 3 9 jwjo figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
415 2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
416 2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
417 2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
418 2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
419 2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
435 2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
436 2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
437 2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
438 2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
439 2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
440 2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
441 2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
453 2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
454 2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
455 2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
456 2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
457 2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
458 2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
459 2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
460 2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
461 2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
462 2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
463 2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
464 2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
465 2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
466 2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

View File

@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking of Gods **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:117, continuing from 1:5)<br>2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:182:27)<br>3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:2829, continues through 3:10)<br><br>In order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:1214](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 2 1 j043 τεκνία μου 1 My little children Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. Alternate translation: “My dear children”
1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 My little children John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this in a non-figurative way, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 My little children John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter”
1JN 2 1 j044 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 2 1 bi4g figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 6 j314 figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the Spirit is truth Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes Gods character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 7 j315 figs-explicit ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 For there are three who testify In this statement, John reaffirms that the three things that he mentions in verse [6](../05/06.md) give us confidence that Jesus is the Son of God and came from him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So there are three who testify that Jesus is Gods Son and came from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 7 j316 translate-textvariants ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 For there are three who testify See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT or to follow the reading of some late manuscripts and say in your translation, “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three who testify on earth.” As the General Notes recommend, if you decide to use the longer reading, put it inside square brackets [ ] to indicate that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 5 7 qpab figs-personification οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1JN 5 7 qpab figs-personification οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1JN 5 8 j320 figs-metonymy τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα 1 the water and the blood See how you decided to translate the terms **water** and **blood** in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: (1) “the baptism of Jesus and his death on the cross” or (2) “the birth of Jesus and his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 8 j321 figs-idiom οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ ἕν εἰσιν 1 the three are unto the one This is an idiom. If this does not communicate well in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “these three all say the same thing” or “these three all agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 9 j322 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν 1 If we receive the testimony of men John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something this way if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we receive the testimony of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
79 1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
80 1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)<br>2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)<br>3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)<br><br>In order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
81 1JN 2 1 j043 τεκνία μου 1 My little children Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. Alternate translation: “My dear children”
82 1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 My little children John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this in a non-figurative way, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83 1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter”
84 1JN 2 1 j044 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
85 1JN 2 1 bi4g figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
570 1JN 5 6 j314 figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the Spirit is truth Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
571 1JN 5 7 j315 figs-explicit ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 For there are three who testify In this statement, John reaffirms that the three things that he mentions in verse [6](../05/06.md) give us confidence that Jesus is the Son of God and came from him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So there are three who testify that Jesus is God’s Son and came from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
572 1JN 5 7 j316 translate-textvariants ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 For there are three who testify See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT or to follow the reading of some late manuscripts and say in your translation, “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three who testify on earth.” As the General Notes recommend, if you decide to use the longer reading, put it inside square brackets [ ] to indicate that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
573 1JN 5 7 qpab figs-personification οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
574 1JN 5 8 j320 figs-metonymy τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα 1 the water and the blood See how you decided to translate the terms **water** and **blood** in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: (1) “the baptism of Jesus and his death on the cross” or (2) “the birth of Jesus and his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
575 1JN 5 8 j321 figs-idiom οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ ἕν εἰσιν 1 the three are unto the one This is an idiom. If this does not communicate well in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “these three all say the same thing” or “these three all agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
576 1JN 5 9 j322 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν 1 If we receive the testimony of men John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something this way if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we receive the testimony of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])

View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρ
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated**, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, Gods **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because Gods grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:12a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that Gods grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, Gods **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this plainly. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because Gods grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:12a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that Gods grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 4 g35s figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 tmju figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **fl
JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This word **what** could refer to: (1) the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile plainly. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers back to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **are being destroyed**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abels offering. Cains anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 zsdw ἐξεχύθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -80,16 +80,16 @@ JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lords Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes Gods judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes Gods judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ JUD 1 23 uavk ἐν φόβῳ 1 This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a persons sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
29 JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated**, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31 JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32 JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1–2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this plainly. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1–2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33 JUD 1 4 g35s figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
34 JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
35 JUD 1 4 tmju figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
61 JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
62 JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
63 JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
64 JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
66 JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
67 JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
68 JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This word **what** could refer to: (1) the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
69 JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile plainly. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70 JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers back to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
71 JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **are being destroyed**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73 JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 JUD 1 11 zsdw ἐξεχύθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
76 JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
80 JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81 JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
82 JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83 JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
85 JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
87 JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
88 JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89 JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
90 JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91 JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
92 JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93 JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
94 JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
95 JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
151 JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
152 JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153 JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
154 JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
156 JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
157 JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”